Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

a+wealthy+young+man

  • 1 fils

    fils [fis]
    masculine noun
    M. Martin fils young Mr Martin
    * * *
    fis
    nom masculin invariable son

    Dupont fils — ( entreprise) Dupont Junior

    Dupont et fils — ( entreprise) Dupont and Son(s)

    mon filsgén my boy; Religion my son

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    fis nm

    fils à papa péjoratifdaddy's boy

    * * *
    fils nm inv son; fils indigne unworthy son; le fils des Dupont the Duponts' son; de père en fils from father to son; Alexandre Dumas fils Alexandre Dumas the younger; Dupont fils Entr Dupont Junior; Dupont et fils Entr Dupont and Son(s); mon fils gén my boy; Relig my son.
    fils de (bonne) famille boy from a good family; Fils de Dieu Relig Son of God; Fils prodigue Bible Prodigal Son; fils de pute son-of-a-bitch, SOB US; fils spirituel spiritual heir.
    tel père, tel fils Prov like father, like son Prov; c'est bien le fils de son père/sa mère he's very much his father's/his mother's son.
    [fis] nom masculin
    1. [enfant] son, boy
    Brunet \_ Fils Brunet \_ Son ou Sons
    je voudrais parler à M. Picard fils I'd like to talk to Mr Picard junior
    3. (littéraire) [descendant] descendant
    [natif] son
    le Fils de l'homme ou de Dieu the Son of man ou of God

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > fils

  • 2 figlio di papà

    daddy's boy, spoilt and wealthy young man
    * * *
    figlio di papà
    spreg. spoiled rich young man
    \
    →  figlio
    ————————
    figlio di papà
    spoilt boy
    \
    →  papà

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > figlio di papà

  • 3 fils de famille

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > fils de famille

  • 4 figlio di papà

    daddy's boy, spoilt and wealthy young man

    Nuovo dizionario Italiano-Inglese > figlio di papà

  • 5 reich

    I Adj. rich (auch Ernte, Farbe, Bodenschätze etc.); (wohlhabend) auch wealthy, well-to-do; (prächtig, üppig) rich; auch Mahl: opulent; (reichlich) ample, abundant; Leben: full; Fantasie: rich, fertile; Verzierungen: rich, elaborate; unermesslich reich immeasurably rich; reich an (+ Dat) rich in; reiche Auswahl wide selection; ... in reichem Maße in abundance, plenty of...; in reichem Maße vorhanden sein be present in abundance; reich an Erfahrungen sein have experienced a lot (in one’s life); reicher an Erfahrungen geworden sein have learnt (Am. learned) something new; aus reicher Familie from a rich ( oder wealthy) family; ein Sport für reiche Leute a rich man’s sport
    II Adv. richly; reich beschenkt loaded with gifts; reich heiraten marry (into) money; reich bebildert, reich illustriert lavishly illustrated; reich gedeckt Tisch: richly laden; reich geschmückt Fassade, Innenraum etc.: richly decorated
    * * *
    das Reich
    (Kaiserreich) empire;
    (Königreich) kingdom;
    * * *
    [raiç]
    nt -(e)s, -e
    1) (= Herrschaft(sgebiet), Imperium) empire; (= Königreich) realm, kingdom

    das Réích der aufgehenden Sonne (liter)the land of the rising sun

    das Deutsche Réích — the German Reich; (bis 1918 auch) the German Empire

    das Dritte Réích — the Third Reich

    das Réích der Mitte — the Middle Kingdom

    das himmlische Réích (liter) — the Kingdom of Heaven, the Heavenly Kingdom

    das Réích Gottes — the Kingdom of God

    2) (= Bereich, Gebiet) realm

    das Réích der Tiere/Pflanzen — the animal/vegetable kingdom

    das Réích der Natur — the world or realm of nature

    das ist mein Réích (fig)that is my domain

    da bin ich in meinem Réích — that's where I'm in my element

    etw ins Réích der Fabel verweisen — to consign sth to the realms of fantasy

    * * *
    1) (wealthy: He is becoming more and more affluent.) affluent
    2) (a group of states etc under a single ruler or ruling power: the Roman empire.) empire
    3) (having much money and/or many possessions; rich: She is a wealthy young widow.) wealthy
    5) (wealthy; having a lot of money, possessions etc: a rich man/country.) rich
    6) ((with in) having a lot (of something): This part of the country is rich in coal.) rich
    7) (valuable: a rich reward; rich materials.) rich
    8) (covering a large and varied range of subjects etc: a wide experience of teaching.) wide
    * * *
    <-[e]s, -e>
    [raiç]
    nt
    1. (Imperium) empire
    das \Reich Gottes the Kingdom of God
    das \Reich der Mitte (geh: China) the Middle Kingdom
    das \Reich der Schatten (liter) the realm of shades liter, the underworld
    das \Reich der Finsternis the realm of darkness
    das Dritte \Reich HIST the Third Reich
    das Großdeutsche \Reich HIST the Greater German Reich, Greater Germany
    das Römische \Reich HIST the Roman Empire
    das „Tausendjährige \Reich“ REL the “Thousand-year Reich”
    2. (Bereich) realm
    das ist mein eigenes \Reich that is my [very] own domain
    das \Reich der aufgehenden Sonne (geh) the land of the rising sun
    das \Reich der Frau/des Kindes/des Mannes the woman's/man's/child's realm
    das \Reich der Gedanken/der Träume the realm of thought/of dreams
    * * *
    das; Reich[e]s, Reiche
    1) empire; (KönigReich) kingdom; realm

    das [Deutsche] Reich — (hist.) the German Reich or Empire

    das Dritte Reich(hist.) the Third Reich

    2) (fig.) realm

    ins Reich der Fabel gehören — belong to the realm[s] of fantasy

    das Reich der Pflanzen/Tiere — the plant/animal kingdom

    Dein Reich komme(bibl.) thy Kingdom come

    * * *
    A. adj rich (auch Ernte, Farbe, Bodenschätze etc); (wohlhabend) auch wealthy, well-to-do; (prächtig, üppig) rich; auch Mahl: opulent; (reichlich) ample, abundant; Leben: full; Fantasie: rich, fertile; Verzierungen: rich, elaborate;
    unermesslich reich immeasurably rich;
    reich an (+dat) rich in;
    reiche Auswahl wide selection;
    … in reichem Maße in abundance, plenty of …;
    in reichem Maße vorhanden sein be present in abundance;
    reich an Erfahrungen sein have experienced a lot (in one’s life);
    reicher an Erfahrungen geworden sein have learnt (US learned) something new;
    aus reicher Familie from a rich ( oder wealthy) family;
    ein Sport für reiche Leute a rich man’s sport
    B. adv richly;
    reich beschenkt loaded with gifts;
    reich heiraten marry (into) money;
    reich bebildert, reich illustriert lavishly illustrated;
    reich geschmückt Fassade, Innenraum etc: richly decorated
    …reich im adj meist …-rich; präd auch rich in …;
    nährstoffreich nutrient-rich; präd auch rich in nutrients
    * * *
    das; Reich[e]s, Reiche
    1) empire; (KönigReich) kingdom; realm

    das [Deutsche] Reich — (hist.) the German Reich or Empire

    das Dritte Reich(hist.) the Third Reich

    2) (fig.) realm

    ins Reich der Fabel gehören — belong to the realm[s] of fantasy

    das Reich der Pflanzen/Tiere — the plant/animal kingdom

    Dein Reich komme(bibl.) thy Kingdom come

    * * *
    -e n.
    empire n.
    realm n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > reich

  • 6 Reich

    I Adj. rich (auch Ernte, Farbe, Bodenschätze etc.); (wohlhabend) auch wealthy, well-to-do; (prächtig, üppig) rich; auch Mahl: opulent; (reichlich) ample, abundant; Leben: full; Fantasie: rich, fertile; Verzierungen: rich, elaborate; unermesslich reich immeasurably rich; reich an (+ Dat) rich in; reiche Auswahl wide selection; ... in reichem Maße in abundance, plenty of...; in reichem Maße vorhanden sein be present in abundance; reich an Erfahrungen sein have experienced a lot (in one’s life); reicher an Erfahrungen geworden sein have learnt (Am. learned) something new; aus reicher Familie from a rich ( oder wealthy) family; ein Sport für reiche Leute a rich man’s sport
    II Adv. richly; reich beschenkt loaded with gifts; reich heiraten marry (into) money; reich bebildert, reich illustriert lavishly illustrated; reich gedeckt Tisch: richly laden; reich geschmückt Fassade, Innenraum etc.: richly decorated
    * * *
    das Reich
    (Kaiserreich) empire;
    (Königreich) kingdom;
    * * *
    [raiç]
    nt -(e)s, -e
    1) (= Herrschaft(sgebiet), Imperium) empire; (= Königreich) realm, kingdom

    das Réích der aufgehenden Sonne (liter)the land of the rising sun

    das Deutsche Réích — the German Reich; (bis 1918 auch) the German Empire

    das Dritte Réích — the Third Reich

    das Réích der Mitte — the Middle Kingdom

    das himmlische Réích (liter) — the Kingdom of Heaven, the Heavenly Kingdom

    das Réích Gottes — the Kingdom of God

    2) (= Bereich, Gebiet) realm

    das Réích der Tiere/Pflanzen — the animal/vegetable kingdom

    das Réích der Natur — the world or realm of nature

    das ist mein Réích (fig)that is my domain

    da bin ich in meinem Réích — that's where I'm in my element

    etw ins Réích der Fabel verweisen — to consign sth to the realms of fantasy

    * * *
    1) (wealthy: He is becoming more and more affluent.) affluent
    2) (a group of states etc under a single ruler or ruling power: the Roman empire.) empire
    3) (having much money and/or many possessions; rich: She is a wealthy young widow.) wealthy
    5) (wealthy; having a lot of money, possessions etc: a rich man/country.) rich
    6) ((with in) having a lot (of something): This part of the country is rich in coal.) rich
    7) (valuable: a rich reward; rich materials.) rich
    8) (covering a large and varied range of subjects etc: a wide experience of teaching.) wide
    * * *
    <-[e]s, -e>
    [raiç]
    nt
    1. (Imperium) empire
    das \Reich Gottes the Kingdom of God
    das \Reich der Mitte (geh: China) the Middle Kingdom
    das \Reich der Schatten (liter) the realm of shades liter, the underworld
    das \Reich der Finsternis the realm of darkness
    das Dritte \Reich HIST the Third Reich
    das Großdeutsche \Reich HIST the Greater German Reich, Greater Germany
    das Römische \Reich HIST the Roman Empire
    das „Tausendjährige \Reich“ REL the “Thousand-year Reich”
    2. (Bereich) realm
    das ist mein eigenes \Reich that is my [very] own domain
    das \Reich der aufgehenden Sonne (geh) the land of the rising sun
    das \Reich der Frau/des Kindes/des Mannes the woman's/man's/child's realm
    das \Reich der Gedanken/der Träume the realm of thought/of dreams
    * * *
    das; Reich[e]s, Reiche
    1) empire; (KönigReich) kingdom; realm

    das [Deutsche] Reich — (hist.) the German Reich or Empire

    das Dritte Reich(hist.) the Third Reich

    2) (fig.) realm

    ins Reich der Fabel gehören — belong to the realm[s] of fantasy

    das Reich der Pflanzen/Tiere — the plant/animal kingdom

    Dein Reich komme(bibl.) thy Kingdom come

    * * *
    Reich n; -(e)s, -e empire (auch fig); liter realm (auch fig); (Königreich) kingdom;
    das Deutsche Reich HIST the (German) Reich;
    das Dritte Reich HIST the Third Reich;
    das Reich Gottes REL the Kingdom of Heaven;
    das Reich der Mitte HIST China;
    das Weströmische/Oströmische Reich HIST the Western/Eastern Empire;
    das Reich der Natur the natural world;
    das Reich der Fantasie/Träume the world of fantasy/dreams;
    das entstammt dem Reich der Fantasie that belongs to the realm of fantasy;
    das Reich der Finsternis the kingdom of darkness;
    sein eigenes kleines Reich haben fig have one’s own little kingdom ( oder private world);
    * * *
    das; Reich[e]s, Reiche
    1) empire; (KönigReich) kingdom; realm

    das [Deutsche] Reich — (hist.) the German Reich or Empire

    das Dritte Reich(hist.) the Third Reich

    2) (fig.) realm

    ins Reich der Fabel gehören — belong to the realm[s] of fantasy

    das Reich der Pflanzen/Tiere — the plant/animal kingdom

    Dein Reich komme(bibl.) thy Kingdom come

    * * *
    -e n.
    empire n.
    realm n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Reich

  • 7 aberats

    iz. rich person, wealthy man gizonezkoa., wealthy woman emakumezkoa. ; \aberatsa banintz... if I were a rich {man || woman}; \aberats berri nouveau riche; \aberatsak the rich; \aberatsak pobreei lagundu behar lieke the rich man should help the poor; \aberatsa gezur hutsa, beharduna amets hutsa (atsot.) the rich man may dine when he will, the poor man when he may io.
    1. ( diru asko duena) rich, wealthy, affluent, prosperous; oinordeko \aberats batekin ezkondu nahi zuen he wanted to marry a rich heiress; etxe \aberatseko semea a son of a well-to-do family; \aberats {okitua || porrokatua} da he's filthy rich
    2. (irud.)
    a. ( lurra) rich
    b. ( joria) rich, abundant; uzta \aberats bounteous crops; burdinan \aberatsa rich in iron
    c. ( lurraldea, etxaldea, baserria) rich, well-off
    d. ( hizkera, estiloa) rich, lavish
    e. ( itxura) well-off, well-heeled; gizon gazte bat itxura \aberatsetakoa a young man with a well-heeled look
    3. ( zabal) bihotz \aberatseko gizona a kind-hearted man

    Euskara Ingelesa hiztegiaren > aberats

  • 8 기둥서방

    n. gigolo, young man who receives money from a wealthy older woman; ponce

    Korean-English dictionary > 기둥서방

  • 9 gigolo

    n. gigolo, young man who receives money from a wealthy older woman (or women) in return for sexual favors; professional male escort or dancer

    Holandés-inglés dicionario > gigolo

  • 10 Mies van der Rohe, Ludwig

    [br]
    b. 27 March 1886 Aachen, Germany
    d. 17 August 1969 Chicago, USA
    [br]
    German architect, third of the great trio of long-lived, second-generation modernists who established the international style in the inter-war years and brought it to maturity (See Jeanneret (Le Corbusier) and Gropius).
    [br]
    Mies van der Rohe was the son of a stonemason and his early constructional training came from his father. As a young man he gained experience of the modern school from study of the architecture of the earlier leaders, notably Peter Behrens, Hendrik Berlage and Frank Lloyd Wright. He commenced architectural practice in 1913 and soon after the First World War was establishing his own version of modern architecture. His building materials were always of the highest quality, of marble, stone, glass and, especially, steel. He stripped his designs of all extraneous decoration: more than any of his contemporaries he followed the theme of elegance, functionalism and an ascetic concentration on essentials. He believed that architectural design should not look backwards but should reflect the contemporary achievement of advanced technology in both its construction and the materials used, and he began early in his career to act upon these beliefs. Typical was his early concrete and glass office building of 1922, after which, more importantly, came his designs for the German Pavilion at the Barcelona Exposition of 1929. These designs included his famous Barcelona chair, made from chrome steel and leather in a geometrical design, one which has survived as a classic and is still in production. Another milestone was his Tugendhat House in Brno (1930), a long, low, rectilinear structure in glass and steel that set a pattern for many later buildings of this type. In 1930 Mies followed his colleagues as third Director of the Bauhaus, but due to the rise of National Socialism in Germany it was closed in 1933. He finally left Germany for the USA in 1937, and the following year he took up his post as Director of Architecture in Chicago at what is now known as the Illinois Institute of Technology and where he remained for twenty years. In America Mies van der Rohe continued to develop his work upon his original thesis. His buildings are always recognizable for their elegance, fine proportions, high-quality materials and clean, geometrical forms; nearly all are of glass and steel in rectangular shapes. The structure and design evolved according to the individual needs of each commission, and there were three fundamental types of design. One type was the single or grouped high-rise tower, built for apartments for the wealthy, as in his Lake Shore Drive Apartments in Chicago (1948–51), or for city-centre offices, as in his Seagram Building in New York (1954–8, with Philip Johnson) or his Chicago Federal Centre (1964). Another form was the long, low rectangle based upon the earlier Tugendhat House and seen again in the New National Gallery in Berlin (1965–8). Third, there were the grouped schemes when the commission called for buildings of varied purpose on a single, large site. Here Mies van der Rohe achieved a variety and interest in the different shapes and heights of buildings set out in spatial harmony of landscape. Some examples of this type of scheme were housing estates (Lafayette Park Housing Development in Detroit, 1955–6), while others were for educational, commercial or shopping requirements, as at the Toronto Dominion Centre (1963–9).
    [br]
    Further Reading
    L.Hilbersheimer, 1956, Ludwig Mies van der Rohe, Chicago: P.Theobald.
    Peter Blake, 1960, Mies van der Rohe, Architecture and Structure, Penguin, Pelican. Arthur Drexler, 1960, Ludwig Mies van der Rohe, London: Mayflower.
    Philip Johnson, 1978, Mies van der Rohe, Seeker and Warburg.
    DY

    Biographical history of technology > Mies van der Rohe, Ludwig

  • 11 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 12 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 13 धनिक _dhanika

    धनिक a. [धनमादेयत्वेनास्त्यस्य-ठन्]
    1 Rich, wealthy.
    -2 Virtuous.
    -कः 1 A rich or wealthy man.
    -2 A money- lender, creditor; दापयेद्धनिकस्यार्थम् Ms.8.51; Y.2.55.
    -3 A husband.
    -4 The Vaisya class; मुखजा ब्राह्मणास्तात बाहुजाः क्षत्रियाः स्मृताः । ऊरुजा धनिनो राजन् पादजाः परिचारकाः ॥ Mb.12.296.6.
    -5 An honest trader.
    -6 The प्रियङ्गु tree.
    -कः, -कम् coriander (Mar. धणे, कोथींबीर).
    -का 1 A virtuous woman.
    -2 A wife, young woman.
    -3 N. of a tree (प्रियङ्गु).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > धनिक _dhanika

  • 14 bien

    bien [bjɛ̃]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       a. ( = de façon satisfaisante) well
    comment vas-tu ? -- très bien merci how are you? -- fine, thanks
       b. ( = selon la morale, la raison) [se conduire, agir] well
    vous faites bien de me le dire ! you did well to tell me!
    ça commence à bien faire ! (inf) this is getting beyond a joke!
       c. ( = sans difficulté) [supporter, se rappeler] well
       d. (exprimant le degré) ( = très) very ; ( = beaucoup) very much ; ( = trop) rather
       e. ( = effectivement) definitely
    je trouve bien que c'est un peu cher mais tant pis yes, it is rather expensive but never mind
    c'est bien à ton frère que je pensais yes, it was your brother I was thinking of
    c'est bien mon manteau ? this is my coat, isn't it?
    il s'agit bien de ça ! as if that's the point!
    voilà bien les femmes ! that's women for you!
       f. ( = correctement) écoute-moi bien listen to me carefully
    dis-lui bien que... make sure you tell him that...
    c'est bien compris ? is that quite clear?
    j'espère bien ! I should hope so!
    où peut-il bien être ? where on earth can he be?
    il pourrait bien venir nous voir de temps en temps ! he could at least come and see us now and then!
    je voudrais bien t'y voir ! I'd like to see you try!
       i. ( = au moins) at least
       j. (locutions)
    bien du, bien de la, bien des a lot of
    bien sûr qu'il viendra ! of course he'll come!
    2. <
       a. ( = satisfaisant) good
    bien ! (approbation) good! ; (pour changer de sujet, par exaspération) all right!
       c. ( = en bonne forme) well
    tu n'es pas bien ? are you feeling OK?
       d. ( = beau) [femme] pretty ; [homme] good-looking ; [chose] nice
    il est bien, ce nouveau canapé the new sofa's nice
    laisse-le, il est bien où il est ! leave him alone - he's fine where he is!
    vous voilà bien ! now you've done it!
       f. ( = convenable) nice ; (moralement) right
       g. ( = en bons termes) être bien avec qn to get on well with sb
    3. <
       a. ( = ce qui est bon) good
    c'est pour ton bien ! it's for your own good!
       b. ( = possession) possession ; ( = argent) fortune ; ( = terre) estate
    4. <
    * * *
    bjɛ̃
    1.
    adjectif invariable

    ça fait bien d'aller à l'opéra — (colloq) it's the done thing to go to the opera

    2) ( en bonne santé) well

    t'es pas bien! — (colloq) you're out of your mind! (colloq)

    3) ( à l'aise)

    nous voilà bien!iron we' re in a fine mess!

    4) (colloq) ( de qualité)

    2.
    1) ( correctement) gén well; [fonctionner] properly; [interpréter] correctly

    bien joué!fig well done!

    aller bien[personne] to be well; [affaires] to go well

    il travaille bien — ( élève) his work is good; ( artisan) he does a good job

    il est bien remis — ( malade) he's made a good recovery

    2) ( complètement) [arroser, décongeler, laver, mélanger, propre, cuit] thoroughly; [remplir, sécher, sec, fondu] completely; [lire, écouter, regarder] carefully
    3) ( agréablement) [présenté, situé] well; [s'habiller] well, smartly; [décoré, meublé] tastefully; [logé, installé, vivre] comfortably

    aller bien à quelqu'un[couleur, style] to suit somebody

    4) ( hautement) [aimable, triste] very; [apprécier, craindre] very much; [simple, vrai, certain, évident] quite

    c'est bien joli tout ça, mais — that's all very well, but

    bien mieux/moins/pire — much ou far better/less/worse

    bien trop laid/tard — much too ugly/late

    bien plus riche/cher — much ou far richer/more expensive

    bien plus, il la vole! — not only that, he also takes her money

    bien entendu or évidemment — naturally

    ça prouve/montre bien que — it just goes to prove/show that

    je sais/crois bien que — I know/think that

    on verra bien — well, we'll see

    il le fait bien lui, pourquoi pas moi? — if he can do it, why can't I?

    8) ( réellement) definitely

    c'est bien lui/mon sac — it's definitely him/my bag, it's him/my bag all right (colloq)

    il ne s'agit pas d'une erreur, mais bien de fraude — it's not a mistake, it's fraud

    c'est bien ici qu'on vend les billets? — this is where you get tickets, isn't it?

    c'est bien le moment!iron great timing!

    c'est bien le moment de partir!iron what a time to leave!

    9) ( au moins) at least

    elle a bien 40 ans — she's at least 40, she's a good 40 years old

    10) ( beaucoup)

    bien des fois — often, many a time

    il s'est donné bien du malhe's gone to a lot or a great deal of trouble

    je te souhaite bien du plaisir!iron I wish you joy!


    3.
    nom masculin
    1) ( avantage) good

    grand bien vous fasse!iron much good may it do you!

    parler en bien de quelqu'un — to speak favourably [BrE] of somebody

    2) ( possession) possession

    4.

    5.
    bien que locution conjonctive although
    Phrasal Verbs:
    ••

    tout est bien qui finit bienProverbe all's well that ends well Proverbe

    * * *
    bjɛ̃
    1. nm
    1) (= avantage)

    Ses vacances lui ont fait beaucoup de bien. — His holiday has done him a lot of good.

    Jean m'a dit beaucoup de bien de toi. — Jean told me a lot of good things about you., Jean spoke very highly of you to me.

    2) (= possession) possession, property, (= patrimoine) property
    2. biens nmpl
    3. adv
    1) (= de façon satisfaisante) well

    Elle travaille bien. — She works well.

    aller bien; se porter bien — to be well

    croyant bien faire, je... — thinking I was doing the right thing, I...

    faire bien de... — to do well to...

    Tu ferais bien de faire attention. — You'd do well to pay attention.

    vouloir bien; Je veux bien le faire. — I'm quite willing to do it.

    Il semble bien que... — It really seems that...

    Paul est bien venu, n'est-ce pas? — Paul HAS come, hasn't he?

    J'espère bien y aller. — I very much hope to go.

    bien fait!; C'est bien fait pour toi! — It serves you right!

    bien sûr!; bien entendu! — certainly!, of course!

    4. excl
    right!, OK!, fine!
    5. adj inv
    1) (= en bonne forme)

    je me sens bien — I feel fine, I feel well

    2) (= à l'aise)

    On est bien dans ce fauteuil. — This chair is very comfortable.

    3) (= à son avantage)

    Tu es bien dans cette robe. — You look nice in that dress.

    4) (= satisfaisant) good

    Ce restaurant est vraiment bien. — This restaurant is really good.

    Elle est bien, cette maison. — It's a nice house.

    Elle est bien, cette secrétaire. — She's a good secretary.

    Ce n'est pas si bien que ça. — It's not as good as all that., It's not all that great.

    ce n'est pas bien de... — it's not right to...

    Ce n'est pas bien de dire du mal des gens. — It's not right to say nasty things about people.

    Elle est bien, cette femme. — She's a nice woman.

    6) (= en bons termes)
    * * *
    A adj inv
    1 ( convenable) être bien dans un rôle to be good in a part; être bien de sa personne to be good-looking; il n'y a rien de bien ici there's nothing of interest here; voilà qui est bien that's good; ce n'est pas bien de mentir it's not nice to lie; ce serait bien si on pouvait nager it would be nice if we could swim; ça fait bien d'aller à l'opéra it's the done thing to go to the opera; les roses font bien sur la terrasse the roses look nice ou good on the terrace; tout est bien qui finit bien all's well that ends well;
    2 ( en bonne santé) well; ne pas se sentir bien not to feel well; non, mais, t'es pas bien! you're out of your mind!;
    3 ( à l'aise) comfortable; je suis bien dans ces bottes these boots are comfortable; on est bien sur cette chaise! what a comfortable chair!; on est bien au soleil! isn't it nice in the sun!; je me trouve bien ici I like it here; suis mes conseils, tu t'en trouveras bien take my advice, it'll serve you in good stead; nous voilà bien! iron we're in a fine mess!;
    4 ( de qualité) un quartier bien a nice district; des gens bien respectable people; un type bien a gentleman; un film bien a good film.
    B adv
    1 ( correctement) [équipé, fait, géré, s'exprimer, dormir, choisir, se souvenir, danser] well; [fonctionner] properly; [libeller, diagnostiquer, interpréter] correctly; bien payé well paid; bien joué! lit well played!; fig well done!; aller bien [personne] to be well; [affaires] to go well; ça s'est bien passé it went well; la voiture ne marche pas bien the car isn't running properly ou right; ni bien ni mal so-so; parler (très) bien le chinois to speak (very) good Chinese, to speak Chinese (very) well; il travaille bien ( élève) his work is good; ( artisan) he does a good job; un travail bien fait a good job; il est bien remis ( malade) he's made a good recovery; bien se tenir à table to have good table manners; bien employer son temps to make good use of one's time; j'ai cru bien faire I thought I was doing the right thing; il fait bien de partir he's right to leave; c'est bien fait pour elle! it serves her right!; tu ferais bien d'y aller it would be a good idea for you to go there; pour bien faire, il faudrait acheter une lampe the thing to do would be to buy a lamp; bien m'en a pris de refuser it's a good thing I refused;
    2 ( complètement) [arroser, décongeler, laver, mélanger, propre, cuit] thoroughly; [remplir, sécher, sec, fondu] completely; [lire, examiner, écouter, regarder] carefully; marche bien à droite keep well over to the right; mets-toi bien dans le coin/devant stand right in the corner/at the front; bien profiter d'une situation to exploit a situation to the full;
    3 ( agréablement) [présenté, situé] well; [s'habiller] well, smartly; [décoré, meublé] tastefully; [logé, installé, vivre] comfortably; femme bien faite shapely woman; aller bien ensemble to go well together; aller bien à qn [couleur, style] to suit sb; se mettre bien avec qn to get on good terms with sb; bien prendre une remarque to take a remark in good part;
    4 ( hautement) [aimable, triste] very; [apprécier, craindre] very much; [simple, vrai, certain, évident] quite; il s'est bien mal comporté he behaved very ou really badly; il y a bien longtemps de ça that was a very long time ago; c'est bien loin pour nous it's rather far for us; merci bien thank you very much; tu as bien raison you're quite ou absolutely right; c'est bien dommage it's a great ou real pity; bien rire/s'amuser/se reposer to have a good laugh/time/rest; tu as l'air bien pensif you're looking very pensive; c'est bien promis? is that a promise?; c'est bien compris? is that clear?; bien au contraire on the contrary; c'est bien beau ou joli tout ça, mais that's all very well, but; bien mieux/ moins/pire much ou far better/less/worse; bien trop laid/tard much too ugly/late; bien plus riche/cher much ou far richer/more expensive; bien plus, il la vole! not only that, he also takes her money; bien sûr of course; bien entendu or évidemment naturally; bien souvent quite often;
    5 ( volontiers) j'irais bien à Bali I wouldn't mind going to Bali; j'en prendrais bien un autre I wouldn't mind another; je veux bien t'aider I don't mind helping you; j'aimerais bien essayer I would love to try; je te dirais bien de rester/venir, mais I would ask you to stay/come but; je verrais bien un arbre sur la pelouse I think a tree would look nice on the lawn; je le vois bien habiter à Paris I can just imagine him living in Paris;
    6 ( malgré tout) il faut bien le faire/que ça finisse it has to be done/to come to an end; il faudra bien s'y habituer we'll just have to get used to it; elle sera bien obligée de payer she'll just have to pay; tu aurais bien pu me le dire you could at least have told me; il finira bien par se calmer he'll calm down eventually;
    7 ( pour souligner) ça prouve/montre bien que it just goes to prove/show that; j'espère bien que I do hope that; je vois/comprends bien I do see/understand; je sais/crois bien que I know/think that; insiste bien make sure you insist; dis-le lui bien make sure you tell him/her; on verra bien well, we'll see; sache bien que je n'accepterai jamais let me tell you that I will never accept; crois bien que je n'hésiterais pas! you can be sure ou I can assure you that I would not hesitate!; je m'en doutais bien! I thought as much!; je t'avais bien dit de ne pas le manger! I told you not to eat it!; il le fait bien lui, pourquoi pas moi? if he can do it, why can't I?; veux-tu bien faire ce que je te dis! will you do as I tell you!; tu peux très bien le faire toi-même you can easily do it yourself; il se pourrait bien qu'il pleuve it might well rain; que peut-il bien faire à Paris? what on earth can he be doing in Paris?;
    8 ( réellement) definitely; c'est bien lui/mon sac it's definitely him/my bag, it's him/my bag all right; j'ai vérifié: il est bien parti I checked, he's definitely gone ou he's gone all right; c'est bien ce qu'il a dit/vu that's definitely ou exactly what he said/saw; et c'est bien lui qui conduisait? and it was definitely him driving?; il ne s'agit pas d'une erreur, mais bien de fraude it's not a mistake, it's fraud; c'est bien mardi aujourd'hui? today is Tuesday, isn't it?; c'est bien ici qu'on vend les billets? this is where you get tickets, isn't it?; tu as bien pris les clés? are you sure you've got the keys?; est-ce bien nécessaire? is it really necessary?; s'agit-il bien d'un suicide? was it really suicide?; c'est bien de lui! it's just like him!; voilà bien la politique! that's politics for you!; c'est bien le moment! iron great timing!; c'est bien le moment de partir! iron what a time to leave!;
    9 ( au moins) at least; elle a bien 40 ans she's at least 40, she's a good 40 years old; ça pèse bien dix kilos it weighs at least ten kilos, it weighs a good ten kilos; ça vaut bien le double it's worth at least twice as much;
    10 ( beaucoup) c'était il y a bien des années that was a good many years ago; bien des fois often, many a time; bien des gens lots of people; il s'est donné bien du mal he's gone to a lot or a great deal of trouble; il s'en faut bien! far from it!; mon fils me donne bien du souci my son is a great worry to me; avoir bien de la chance to be very lucky; je te souhaite bien du plaisir! iron I wish you joy!
    C nm
    1 ( avantage) good; pour le bien du pays for the good of the country; pour le bien de tous for the general good; c'est pour ton bien it's for your own good; ce serait un bien it would be a good thing; sacrifier son propre bien à celui d'autrui to put others first; le bien et le mal good and evil; faire le bien to do good; il a fait beaucoup de bien autour de lui he has done a lot of good; ça fait du bien aux enfants/plantes it's good for the children /plants; ça fait/ça leur fait du bien it does you/them good; mon repos m'a fait le plus grand bien my rest did me a world of good; grand bien vous fasse! iron much good may it do you!; vouloir le bien de qn to have sb's best interests at heart; vouloir du bien à qn to wish sb well; ‘un ami qui vous veut du bien’ ( dans une lettre anonyme) ‘from a well-wisher’, ‘one who has your best interests at heart’; dire du bien de qn to speak well of sb; on dit le plus grand bien du maire/musée people speak very highly of the mayor/museum; on a dit le plus grand bien de toi a lot of nice things were said about you; parler en bien de qn to speak favourablyGB of sb; ⇒ ennemi, honneur;
    2 ( possession) possession; (maison, terres) property; ( domaine) bien(s) estate; ( ensemble des possessions) bien(s) property ¢; ( patrimoine) bien(s) fortune; ( avoirs) biens assets; perdre tous ses bien s dans un incendie to lose all one's possessions in a fire; ce livre est mon bien le plus précieux this book is my most precious possession; les biens de ce monde material possessions; un petit bien en Corse a small property in Corsica; hériter des biens paternels to inherit one's father's property ou estate; dilapider son bien to squander one's fortune; avoir du bien (maisons, terres) to own property; ( argent) to be wealthy; des biens considérables substantial assets; la santé/liberté est le plus précieux des biens you can't put a price on good health/freedom; ⇒ abondance, acquis.
    D excl
    1 ( approbatif) bien! voyons le reste good! let's see the rest;
    2 ( impatient) bien! bien! j'arrive! all right! all right! ou OK! OK! I'm coming!
    E bien que loc conj although, though; bien qu'il le sache although he knows; bien qu'elle vive maintenant en Floride, je la vois régulièrement although she lives in Florida, I see her regularly; il est venu travailler bien qu'il soit grippé he came in to work, although he had flu; bien que très différentes en apparence, les deux œuvres ont des points communs although very different in appearance, the two works have common features; il joue un rôle important bien que discret he plays an important role, albeit a discreet one; ⇒ aussi, ou, si.
    biens de consommation consumer goods; biens durables consumer durables; biens d'équipement capital goods; biens d'équipement ménager household goods; biens fonciers land ¢; biens immeubles immovables; biens immeubles par destination fixtures; biens immobiliers real estate ¢; biens mobiliers personal property ¢; biens personnels private property ¢; biens propres separate estate (sg); détenir qch en bien s propres to hold sth as separate estate; biens publics public property ¢; biens sociaux corporate assets.
    [bjɛ̃] adverbe
    1. [de façon satisfaisante] well
    a. [à la rambarde] hold on tight!
    b. [sur la chaise] sit properly!
    c. [à table] behave yourself!
    2. [du point de vue de la santé]
    aller ou se porter bien to feel well ou fine
    3. [conformément à la raison, à la loi, à la morale] well, decently
    bien agir envers quelqu'un to do the proper ou right ou correct thing by somebody
    tu as bien fait you did the right thing, you did right
    tu fais bien de me le rappeler thank you for reminding me, it's a good thing you reminded me (of it)
    pour bien faire, nous devrions partir avant 9 h ideally, we should leave before 9
    4. [sans malentendu] right, correctly
    5. [avec soin]
    bien avant/après well before/after
    bien trop tôt far ou much too early
    7. (suivi d'un verbe) [beaucoup]
    on a bien ri we had a good laugh, we laughed a lot
    8. [véritablement]
    j'ai bien cru que... I really thought that...
    9. [pour renforcer, insister]
    ce n'est pas lui, mais bien son associé que j'ai eu au téléphone it wasn't him, but rather his partner I spoke to on the phone
    c'est bien ce que je disais/pensais that's just what I was saying/thinking
    il ne m'aidera pas, tu penses bien! he won't help me, you can be sure of that!
    c'est bien de lui, ça! that's typical of him!, that's just like him!
    10. [volontiers]
    je te dirais bien quelque chose, mais je suis poli I could say something rude but I won't
    11. [au moins] at least
    12. [exprimant la supposition, l'éventualité]
    13. [pourtant]
    14. [suivi d'un nom]
    bien de, bien des quite a lot of
    elle a bien du courage! isn't she brave!, she's got a great deal of courage!
    bien des fois... more than once...
    bien des gens lots of ou quite a lot of ou quite a few people
    15. [dans la correspondance]
    ————————
    [bjɛ̃] adjectif invariable
    1. [qui donne satisfaction] good
    je recule? — non, vous êtes bien là (familier) shall I move back? — no, you're all right ou OK ou fine like that
    ÉDUCATION [sur un devoir] good
    2. [esthétique - personne] good-looking, attractive ; [ - chose] nice, lovely
    b. [c'est acceptable pour l'occasion] a skirt is perfectly all right
    3. [convenable - personne] decent, nice
    ce n'est pas bien de tirer la langue it's naughty ou it's not nice to stick out your tongue
    4. [en forme] well
    b. [mentalement] are you crazy?
    il n'est pas bien, celui-là! (familier) he's got a problem, he has!
    me/te/nous voilà bien! NOW I'm/you're/we're in a fine mess!
    5. [à l'aise]
    6. [en bons termes]
    se mettre bien avec quelqu'un to get in with somebody, to get into somebody's good books
    ————————
    [bjɛ̃] nom masculin
    1. PHILOSOPHIE & RELIGION
    2. [ce qui est agréable, avantageux]
    c'est pour le bien de tous/de l'entreprise it's for the common good/the good of the firm
    dire/penser du bien de to speak/to think well of
    faire du bien: continue à me masser, ça fait du bien carry on massaging me, it's doing me good
    je me suis cogné l'orteil, ça fait pas du bien! (familier) I bashed my toe, it's quite painful!
    faire du bien ou le plus grand bien à quelqu'un [médicament, repos] to do somebody good, to benefit somebody
    grand bien te/lui fasse! (ironique) much good may it do you/him!
    ça fait du bien par où ça passe! (familier) aah, I feel better for that!
    3. [bienfait] good ou positive thing, benefit
    4. [propriété personnelle] possession, (piece) ou item of property
    [argent] fortune
    tous mes biens all my worldly goods, all I'm worth
    5. DROIT & ÉCONOMIE
    biens privés/publics private/public property
    ————————
    [bjɛ̃] interjection
    1. [indiquant une transition] OK, right (then)
    2. [marquant l'approbation]
    je n'irai pas! — bien, n'en parlons plus! I won't go!very well ou all right (then), let's drop the subject!
    bien, bien, on y va all right, all right ou OK, OK, let's go
    bien entendu locution adverbiale
    bien entendu que locution conjonctive
    ————————
    bien que locution conjonctive
    bien que malade, il a tenu à y aller although he was ill, he insisted on going
    ————————
    bien sûr locution adverbiale
    ————————
    bien sûr que locution conjonctive

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > bien

  • 15 JAFN

    * * *
    a.
    1) even; jöfn tala, even number;
    2) equal, the same; þínar (viz. ferðir) verða flestar jafnastar, thy doings are mostly the same, all equally bad; hann var ellefu vetra ok sterkr at jöfnum aldri, and strong for his age; jafn e-m, equal to one; jafnt er sem þér sýnist, af er fótrinn, it is just as it appears to thee, the leg is off; komast til jafns við e-n, hafa e-t til jafns við e-n, to equal one, be one’s match in a thing; at jöfnu, equally, in equal shares.
    * * *
    adj., also spelt jamn, f. jöfn, neut. jafnt, often spelt as well as proncd. jamt; compar. jafnari, superl. jafnastr: [Ulf. ibns, Luke vi. 17; A. S. efen; Engl. and Dutch even; old Fr. ivin; O. H. G. eban; mod. Germ. eben; Dan. jevn; Swed. jemn; akin to Lat. aequus by interchange of palatal and labial, see Grimm’s Dict. s. v. eben]:—even, equal, but, like Lat. aequus, mostly in a metaph. sense, for sléttr (q. v.) answers to Lat. planus; often followed by a dat., jafn e-u, equal to a thing, in comparison:
    I. equal, equal to; jöfn eyri (dat.) gulls, K. Þ. K. 72; jafn Guði, equal to God; jafn mér, passim.
    2. equal, the same; enda er jöfn helgi hans meðan hann ferr svá með sér, Grág. i. 93; ella er jöfn sök við hann fram á leið, 322; at ek verða jafn drengr í hvert sinn, Sd. 188; þínar verða flestar jafnastar, thy acts are mostly the same, i. e. all bad, Fms. viii. 409.
    3. fixed, unchanged; með jafnri leigu, jöfnum kaupum, jöfnum skildaga, Rétt. 2. 7, Stat. 264, Fb. ii. 137; hann var ellefu vetra eðr tíu, ok sterkr at jöfnum aldri, and strong for his age, Eg. 188, 592; eiga þeir jöfnum höndum (see hönd) allt þat er þeir taka, Grág. ii. 66.
    4. even, even-tempered; jafn ok úmíslyndr, Mar.: of numbers, jöfn tala, even in tale, equal, opp. to odda-tala, Alg. 356.
    II. neut. jafnt or jamt, almost adverbially, equally, just; jafnt utan sem innan, Grág. i. 392: as, just as, ok hafa eitt atferli báðar jamt, both together, both alike, Fms. xi. 137; jafnt er sem þér sýnisk (‘tis as it appears, indeed), af er fótrinn, Nj. 97; jafnt þrælar sem frjálsir menn, Fms. i. 113: jamt sem, just as, equally as; jafnt sem í fjórðungs-dómi, jamt skal eiga féránsdóm eptir fjörbaugs-mann sem eptir skógar-mann, Grág. i. 87; skal hann láta virða fé þat jamt sem úmaga-eyri, 189; menn skulu svá sakir hluta, jamt sem á alþingi, 122; jafnt hefir komit er þú spáðir, it has happened just as thou didst foretel, Niðrst. 8: ellipt., ok skal hann þá jamt (sem þeir) allri bót upp halda, Grág. ii. 182.
    2. temp. at the same time, just; ek skíri þik, ok nefna barn, í nafni Föður, ok drepa barninu í vatn um sinn jafnt fram fyrir sik, and dip the bairn each time info the water, K. Þ. K. 10: just, precisely, in the very moment, þat var jamt Jóla-aptan sjálfan er þeir börðusk, Fms. xi. 15; jamt í því hann stakaði. 133.
    3. adverb., at jöfnu, equally, in equal shares, Fms. xi. 131.
    4. til jafns, vóru þeir engir at né eina íþrótt hefði til jafns við hann, Nj. 46; halda til jafns við e-n, Ld. 40; komask til jafns við e-n, Fb. i. 261.
    B. COMPDS:
    I. such a, so … a; Karvel jafn-frægum dreng, so fine a fellow as K., Karl. 103; er þat skömm jafn-mörgum mönnum, ‘tis a shame for so many men, Gísl. 51: with the particle sem, jafn-ungr sem hann var, young as he was, i. e. so young as he was for his age, Vápn. 5; vel hafi þér mínu máli komit, jafn-úvænt sem var, Þiðr. 136; kvað þat ekki hæfa á jafn-mikilli hátið sem ( in such a feast as) í hönd ferr, Fb. i. 376; at eigi skyldi Hugon keisari yfir þá stíga jafn-reiðr sem hann varð þeim, Karl. 478; undraðisk hón hversu fríðr ok fagr hann var jafn-gamall maðr ( for his age), Stj. 225; mikill maðr ertú þó Þórir, jafn-gamall, Ó. H. 176; Þórir Oddsson var sterkastr jafn-gamall, Gullþ. 4.
    II. mod. phrases such as, það er jafngott fyrir hann, it serves him right; hann er jafngóðr fyrir því, it won’t hurt him; or honum er það jafn-gott, it will do him good, serve him right; vera jafn-nær, to be equally near, i. e. none the better; hann fór jafnnær, it was all of no use.
    III. in countless COMPDS (esp. adjectives) with almost any participle or adverb, rarely with verbs and nouns, and denoting equal, as, the same, as seen from the context often followed by a dat., e. g. jafn-gamall e-m, of the same age as another person:—of these compds only some can be noticed: jafn-aldri, a, m. one of the same age, Fms. i. 13, vii. 199, Bs. i. 179, Eg. 25, 84. jafn-auðigr, adj. equally wealthy, Band. 2: equally happy, hann setr hund sinn jafnaudigan okkr undir borði, Bjarn. 27. jafn-auðsær, adj. as perspicuous, Eluc. 41. jafn-auðveldr, adj. as easy, Ld. 78. jafn-ágætr, adj. as good, as noble, Nj. 129. jafn-ákafr, adj. as impetuous, Fms. xi. 137. jafn-beinn, adj. as straight, Sturl. i. 196. jafn-berr, adj. equally bare, Fas. i. 67. jafn-bitinn, part. evenly bitten or grazed, of a field, Gþl. 407. jafn-bitr, jafn-beittr, adj. as sharp, keen. jafn-bjartr, adj. as bright, Nj. 208: neut., Sks. 69. jafn-bjóða, bauð; j. e-m, to be a match for one, Finnb. 260: to be equal to, contest on equal terms with one, Fms. ii. 27, vii. 22; gripr betri en þeim peningum jafnbjóði, 655 xxx. 10. jafn-blíðr, adj. equally mild, Fær. 154. jafn-borinn, part. of equal birth, Ld. 332, Fms. x. 79 (v. l.), Gþl. 133; j. til e-s, having equal birthright to, Fms. vii. 8, x. 407. jafn-brattr, adj. as steep. jafn-brátt, n. adj. as soon, at the same moment, Hom. 114. jafn-breiðr, adj. equally broad, Edda 28, Gþl. 355. jafn-búinn, part. equally ‘boun’ or armed, Fms. ii. 165: ready, prepared, Stj. jafn-deildr, part. equally shared, Hom. 148. jafn-digr, adj. as stout, Sturl. iii. 63. jafn-djúpr, adj. as deep. jafn-djúpvitr, adj. as deep-scheming, Orkn. 214, Hkr. iii. 95. jafn-drengilegr, adj. as gallant, Ísl. ii. 446. jafn-drjúgdeildr, part. going as far, of stores, Sturl. i. 166. jafn-drjúgr, adj. keeping as long, Sturl. i. 216, Rb. 18. jafn-dýrligr, adj. equally splendid, Bs. i. 454. jafn-dýrr, adj. as costly, glorious, of the same price, K. Þ. K. 28, Nj. 56, Grett. 104 A, N. G. L. i. 150, 348. jafn-dægri, n. (mod. jafndægr), the equinox, both dægr (q. v.) being equally long, Edda 103, Rb. 454, 456, 472, and passim: equal length, of day and night, Fb. i. 539; see eykt. jafn-dæmi, n. equal judgment, justice, Fms. vi. 431, Pr. 413. jafn-dæmr, adj. just, giving equal judgment, Rb. 364. jafn-einfaldr, adj. as simple, guileless, Hom. 50. jafn-fagr, adj. as fair, Nj. 112. jafn-fallegr, adj. as handsome. jafn-fastr, adj. equally firm, Grág. i. 7, K. Þ. K. 166: as adv., Fms. x. 270, Finnb. 338. jafn-fáir, adj. as few. jafn-feigr, adj. as fey. jafn-feitr, adj. as fat. jafn-fimlega, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as alert, Fms. ii. 273. jafn-fimr, adj. as alert, Fær. 272, Hkr. i. 291, v. l. jafn-fjær, adv. as far. jafn-fjölmennr, adj. with as many men, Nj. 222. jafn-flatt, n. adj.; fara j., to fare so ill, Fms. vi. 379; see flatr. jafn-fljótr, adj. as swift. jafn-fram, adv. equally forward, side by side: with dat., jafnfram skipi Rúts, Nj. 8: locally, of places, over against, (= gegnt and gagn-vart, q. v.); with dat., er hann kom jafnfram Borgund, Hkr. ii. 309; j. Eiðsvelli, Vermá, Fms. ix. 408; j. gagntaki konungs sonar, j. boðanum, vii. 170, ix. 387 (v. l.): as adv., standa jafnfram, to stand evenly, in a straight line; standa allir j. fyrir konungs borðinu, i. 16, Eg. 581, Nj. 140, Rb. 466, Sturl. iii. 244: temp. at the same moment, of two things happening together, Fms. vi. 24; þeir riðu til þings jafnfram Skeggja, Þórð. 18 new Ed.; hann ferr ávalt jafnfram í frásogn æfi Guðs-sonar, follows parallel in the story, 625. 83: in equal share, taka arf j., Gþl. 248; at the same time, also, hugsa þat j., at the same time consider, Stj. 156; jafnfram sem, jafnfram ok, as soon as, Karl. 158, Pr. 413. jafn-framarla, -framar, -liga, adv. as forward, as far, just as well, Ld. 254, Bs. i. 778. jafn-frammi, adv. = jafnframt, Sks. 364, Sturl. i. 32: temp., Fms. iii. 218. jafn-framt, adv. = jafnfram, Háv. 42: temp., Sturl. i. 1: along with, with dat., Pass. viii. 9: equally, in the same degree, Ld. 62. jafn-fríðr, adj. as fair, Fms. i. 8: as valuable, K. Þ. K. 172. jafn-frjáls, adj. equally free, Fas. iii. 8. jafn-frjálsliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as freely, as liberally, Hkr. i. 78. jafn-fróðr, adj. as wise, as knowing, Sks. 544. jafn-frægr, adj. as famous, Fas. i. 277. jafn-frækn, adj. equally gallant, Edda. jafn-fullr, adj. as full, Grág. i. 20, 68, Gþl. 477. jafn-fúinn, adj. equally rotten, jafn-fúss, adj. equally willing, Sturl. i. 190. jafn-færr, adj. as able, Nj. 97. jafn-fætis, adv. on equal footing; standa j. e-m, Sturl. ii. 134, Hkr. ii. 153. jafn-gamall, adj. of the same age, Ld. 108, Fms. i. 60, xi. 96. jafn-geði, n. evenness of temper, Sks. 435. jafn-gefinn, part. equally given to, Fas. i. 268. jafn-gegnt, adv. just opposite to, Sks. 63, Fms. ix. 463; see gegnt. jafn-girnd, f. and jafn-girni, f. fairness, equity, Sks. 273, 639, Hom. 17. jafn-gjarn, adj. as eager, Hom. 19: as equitable, Sks. 355, Hom. 135, Karl. 495. jafn-gjarna (- gjarnliga), adv. as willingly, as readily, Fms. iii. 45 (v. l.), ix. 508, Stj. jafn-glaðr, adj. as glad, as cheerful, Eb. 88: neut., mér er ekki jafnglatt sem áðr, Fas. i. 106. jafn-glöggt, n. adj. as clearly, Bs. i. 352. jafn-góðr, adj. equally good, as good, Nj. 18, Eg. 54, Gþl. 233, N. G. L. i. 347, Dipl. v. 16: unhurt, none the worse, see (II) above. jafn-góðviljaðr, adj. with equally good will, Stj. 629. jafn-grannr, adj. equally thin. jafn-grimmliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as fiercely, Th. jafn-grimmr, adj. as fierce, Sks. 79. jafn-grunnr, adj. as shallow. jafn-gæfr, adj. as meek, Rb. 397. jafn-göfigr, adj. as good, as famous, Sturl. iii. 11, Bs. i. 133. jafn-görla, adv. as clearly, Grág. i. 299, Fms. ii. 171, Fas. i. 271. jafn-hafðr, part. equally used, N. G. L. i. 249. jafn-hagliga, adv. as skilfully, Krók. 53. jafn-hagr, adj. as skilful in handiwork, Nj. 147. jafn-harðr, adj. as hard, as severe, Nj. 79: neut. jafn-hart, as fast, Fas. iii. 488: jafn-harðan, adv. instantly. jafn-harðsnúinn, part. as hard-twisted, as tight, Nj. 79. jafn-hár, adj. as high, as tall, as loud, Rb. 112, 474, Fas. ii. 79: of metre, see hár (I. 3), Fms. vi. 386, Skálda 182, 190: neut., Stj. 79. jafnhátta-góðr, adj. as well-mannered, Ld. 174. jafn-heilagr, adj. as holy, as inviolable, Sks. 674, Grág. i. 90. jafn-heill, adj. as hale, as whole, Eg. 425, v. l. jafn-heimoll, adj. equally open to use, Eg. 47, Ld. 70, Gþl. 214, 353: equally bound, 57. jafn-heimskr, adj. equally stupid, Fms. ii. 156, Sd. 178. jafn-heitr, adj. as hot, Sks. 540. jafn-hentr, adj. as well fitted, Sturl. i. 196. jafn-hlær, adj. equally snug, Rb. 440. jafn-hollr, adj. equally sincere, Orkn. 166. jafn-hógværliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as meekly, Krók. 36. jafn-hógværr, adj. as gentle. jafn-hraustr, adj. as valiant, Fms. ii. 356, Krók. 51. jafn-hryggr, adj. as distressed, Hkr. iii. 269. jafn-hugaðr, adj. even-tempered, Sks. 24: of one mind, 300: as daring. jafn-hvass, adj. as sharp, Ld. 306: blowing as hard. jafn-hvatr, adj. as bold, as quick, Sturl. i. 112, v. l. jafn-hvítr, adj. equally white. jafn-hæðiligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as ridiculous, Fas. iii. 91. jafn-hægr, adj. equally easy, ready, meek, Fms. ii. 106, Fær. 69, Grág. i. 264, ii. 257. jafn-hættr, adj. as dangerous, Sks. 540. jafn-höfigr, adj. as heavy, Rb. 102, Edda 38. jafn-ílla, adv. as badly, Fms. viii. 140 (v. l.), Ísl. ii. 181. jafn-ílliligr, adj. (-liga, adv.) as ill-looking, Fas. ii. 207. jafn-íllr, adj. equally bad, Grág. ii. 145, Fas. ii. 513. jafn-kaldr, adj. as cold, Sks. 215. jafn-keypi, n. an equal bargain, Fs. 25. jafn-kominn, part. on even terms, Sks. 455: neut. an even match, jafnkomit er á með ykkr, ye are well-matched, Nj. 59; hann kvað jafnkomit með þeim fyrir aldrs sakir, Fms. iii. 76; jafnkomnir til erfðar, with equal title to, Grág. i. 304; jafnkomnir til fyrir ættar sakir, Fms. i. 220; jafnkomnir at frændsemi, Ísl. ii. 315. jafn-kosta, adj. well-matched, good enough, of wedlock, Stj. 204. jafn-kostgæfinn, adj. equally painstaking, Bs. i. 681. jafn-krappr, adj. as straight, narrow; í jafnkrappan stað, in such a strait, Ld. 168. jafn-kringr, adj. equally dexterous, Sks. 381. jafn-kristinn, adj. a fellow Christian, Jb. 92, Barl. 44. jafn-kunnigr, adj. as well known, Grett. 162 A: knowing as well. jafn-kunnr, adj. as well known, Hom. 90. jafn-kurteis, adj. as courteous, Sturl. i. 165. jafn-kyrr, adj. as quiet. jafn-kýta, t, with dat. = jafnyrða. jafn-kænn, adj. as ‘cunning,’ as well versed, Stj. 561. jafn-kærr, adj. as dear, as beloved, Fms. i. 215, xi. 319. jafn-langr, adj. as long, equally long, Fms. xi. 376, Gþl. 350, 355, Ísl. ii. 219, Grág. i. 406, Edda 138 ( of the same length): neut., en ef þær segja jafnlangt, if they say both the same, Grág. i. 7. jafn-lágr, adj. equally low. jafn-leiðr, adj. equally loathed, Fms. viii. 240. jafn-leiki, n. = jafnleikit. jafn-leikit, n. part. an equal game, Fms. xi. 131. jafn-lendi, n. a level, even piece of ground, Eg. 584. jafn-lengd, f. ‘even-length,’ the return to the same time in the next day, week, month, year, etc.: of a day, til jafnlengdar annars dags, Grág. ii. 16, Stj. 49; þann sama dag tók Gormr konungr sótt, ok andaðisk annan dag at jafnlengdinni, Fms. i. 119, Fas. ii. 30, 37: of a year, anniversary, skal eigi brullaup vera fyrr en at jafnlengd, Grág. i. 311; tíu aurar sé leigðir eyri til jafnlengdar (a year’s rent), 390; at jafnlengd it síðasta, 487; eigi síðarr en fyrir jafnlengd, Fms. xi. 397; halda hátíð at jafnlengdum, Greg. 13, Hom. 98; jafnlengdar-dagr, 129, Fms. v. 214, Dipl. v. 8; jafnlengdar hátíð, an anniversary, Greg. 13. jafn-lengi, adv. as long, Grág. i. 423, Fms. iii. 9, MS. 732. 7. jafn-léttmæltr, adj. equally easy, just as pleasant in one’s speech, Fms. vii. 227. jafn-léttr, adj. as light, as easy, Sturl. iii. 90: neut. (adverb.), Kjartani var ekki annat jafn-létthjalat, K. liked not to speak of anything so much, Ld. 214. jafn-léttvígr, adj. as ready in wielding arms, Sturl. iii. 90. jafn-liða, adj. with an equal number of men, Eb. 144. jafn-liga, adv. equally, fairly; sýnisk mér eigi j. á komit, Bs. i. 531, Vm. 169; skipta j., Fb. ii. 300: perpetually, all along, always, usually, Fms. i. 191, x. 88, 89, Dipl. v. 8, Rb. 348, 472, Stj. 77. jafn-ligr, adj. equal, fair, Hkr. ii. 149, Háv. 57, Eg. 488; er þat miklu jafnligra, a more equal match, Fms. vii. 115. jafn-líkligr, adj. as likely, Sturl. iii. 7, Lv. 77. jafn-líkr, adj. as like, Lv. 58, Fas. ii. 478: equal, alike, j. sem hornspónar efni, Bs. i. 59. jafn-lítill, adj. as little, Fas. iii. 487. jafn-ljóss, adj. as bright, Bret. 62. jafn-ljótr, adj. as ugly, Fms. iv. 175. jafn-ljúfr, adj. as willing. jafn-lygn, adj. as ‘loun,’ as calm, of the wind. jafn-lyndi, n., fem. in Mar. 848; evenness of temper, Stj., Fagrsk. 132, Bs. i. 141, Mar. passim. jafn-lyndr, adj. even-tempered, Fms. vi. 287, viii. 447 (v. l.) jafn-lýðskyldr, adj. equally bound, as liegemen, Sks. 270. jafn-lærðr, adj. as learned. jafn-magr, adj. equally meagre. jafn-maki, a, m. an equal, a match, Sks. 22, 255. jafn-mannvænn, adj. equally promising, Þorf. Karl. 382. jafn-margr, adj. as many, Nj. 104, Grág. ii. 210, 403, Fms. i. 152, ii. 34. jafn-máttugr, adj. as mighty, Fms. ii. 157, Eluc. 6. jafn-máttuligr, adj. equally possible, 655 xxii. B. jafn-menni, n. an equal, a match, Ld. 132, Ísl. ii. 358, Fms. vi. 345, vii. 103. jafn-menntr, adj. of equal rank, Hrafn. 10. jafn-merkiligr, adj. equally dignified, Bs. i. 148. jafn-mikill, adj. as great, Grág. ii. 264, 403, Fms. i. 1, Gþl. 363: equally big, tall, Fms. x. 202, Nj. 11: neut. as much, Fms. vii. 240, Skálda 168. jafn-mildr, adj. as mild, as gracious, Rb. 366. jafn-minnigr, adj. having as good a memory, Bs. i. 681. jafn-mjúkliga, adv. as meekly, as gently, Lv. 50. jafn-mjúkr, adj. equally soft. jafn-mjök, adv. as much, as strongly, Grág. ii. 140, Skálda 168. jafn-myrkr, adj. equally dark, Skálda 209. jafn-mæli, n. fair play, equality, Fb. i. 407, Fms. vi. 206, Grág. i. 88, 200, Ld. 258, H. E. i. 247, Karl. 99. jafn-naumr, adj. as close. jafn-náinn, adj.; j. at frændsemi, equally near akin, Grág. i. 171, ii. 67, Eb. 124, Ísl. ii. 315, (jafnan, Ed.) jafn-nær, mod. jafn-nærri, adv. equally near: loc., er Ólafs mark j. báðum, Fms. vii. 64, 268, Sks. 63, 216: as near, at honum væri úvarligt at láta jafnmarga heiðna menn vera j. sér, Fms. ii. 34: equally near (by birth), i. 123: metaph., eigi hefir honum jafnnærri gengit újafnaðr þeirra sem mér, Sturl. iii. 238: also jafn-nær, adj. equally nigh, not a whit the better, see (II) above. jafn-nætti, n. the equinox, 673. 54, Stj. 15. jafn-oki, a, m. = jafnmaki, an equal, a match for one, Sks. 22: a play-fellow, Stj. 497, Þiðr. 213. jafn-opt, adv. as often, Nj. 211, Rb. 566, Grág. i. 186. jafn-ótt, adj., neut. as adv., at the same, time, immediately. Pass. 20. 2: one after another, taka e-ð jafnótt og það kemr. jafn-rakkr, adj. as strong, as straight, Ld. 168. jafn-ramr, adj. as mighty, as great a wizard, Vþm. 2. jafn-rangr; adj. as wrong. jafn-ráðinn, part. equally determined, Grett. 149. jafn-reiðr, adj. equally angry, Háv. 52. jafn-rétti, n. an equal right. jafnréttis-maðr, m. a man with equal right, N. G. L. i. 31. jafn-réttr, adj. as right, as lawful, Edda 93, Grág. i. 18: of equal authority, Hkr. iii. 79. jafn-réttvíss, adj. equally just, Sks. 670. jafn-rífligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as large, Lv. 75. jafn-ríkr, adj. as rich, equally mighty. jafn-rjóðr, adj. as ruddy, Hkr. i. 102. jafn-rúmr, adj. equally large, Bjarn. jafn-ræði, n. an equal match, Fms. ii. 22, Glúm. 350, Nj. 49, Gþl. 215. jafn-röskr, adj. as brisk, as quick, Fms. iii. 225, vi. 96. jafn-saman, adv.; fyrir þessa hugsan alla jafnsaman, all at once, all together, Fms. i. 185, Ld. 326, Ó. H. 46, Stj. 86, 121, Barl. 191. jafn-sannr, adj. equally true, 671. 1, Edda 19, Stj. 471. jafn-sárr, adj. as sore, as smarting, Mar. jafn-seinn, adj. as slow. jafn-sekr, adj. just as guilty, Grág. ii. 64, 89. jafn-síðis, adv. along with. jafn-síðr, adj. as long, of a garment (síðr), Stj. 563. jafn-sjúkr, adj. as sick, Fms. v. 324. jafn-skammr, adj. as short, Al. 129. jafn-skarpliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as briskly, Nj. 199, v. l. jafn-skarpr, adj. as sharp, as keen. jafn-skipti, n. equal, fair dealing. jafn-skiptiliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally, mutually, Stj. 159. jafn-skiptr, part. equally shared. jafn-skjótr, adj. as swift, Fms. vii. 169, Rb. 454:—jafn-skjótt, neut. as adv. immediately, at once, Eg. 87, 291, 492, Fms. ii. 10; jafnskjótt sem, as soon as, Nj. 5, Barl. 176, Karl. 409, 441. jafn-skygn, adj. as clear-sighted, 655 xiii. A, Bjarn. 59. jafn-skyldliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as dutifully, Ver. 3. jafn-skyldr, adj. equally bound or obliged, Grág. ii. 362, 403, Gþl. 70, 477, Fms. vii. 274. jafn-sköruliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally bold, Nj. 199. jafn-slétta, u, f. even, level ground. jafn-sléttr, adj. equally level, Stj. 79: as easily, Fas. ii. 48. jafn-slægr, adj. as cunning, Fær. 99. jafn-snarpr, adj. (-snarpligr, adj., -liga, adv.), as sharp, Fms. vi. 156. jafn-snarr, adj. as alert. jafn-snart, adj., neut. as adv., as soon, instantly, Fas. iii. 434, Matth. xxvii. 48. jafn-snauðr, adj. as poor. jafn-snemma, adv. at the very same moment, of a coincidence, Eg. 425, Nj. 253, Fms. vi. 221; allir j., all at once, ix. 506, xi. 368 ( both together); vóru þessir atburðir margir jafnsnemma, en sumir litlu fyrr eðr síðar, Hkr. ii. 368. jafn-snjallr, adj. equal, Glúm., Bjarn. (in a verse). jafn-spakr, adj. equally wise, Hm. 53. jafn-sparr, adj. as saving, as close, Grág. i. 197, 222. jafn-sterkr, adj. as strong, Fms. i. 43. jafn-stirðr, adj. as stiff. jafn-stórlátr, adj. as proud, Ld. 116. jafn-stórliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as proudly, Ölk. 34. jafn-stórr, adj. as big, as great. jafn-stórættaðr, adj. of equally high birth, Fms. iv. 26. jafn-stríðr, adj. as hard, severe, Sks. 639. jafn-stuttr, adj. equally short, brief. jafn-syndligr, adj. as sinful, Sks. 674. jafn-sætr, adj. as sweet, Fb. i. 539. jafn-sætti, n. an agreement on equal terms, Nj. 21, Sturl. iii 253, Fb. i. 126. jafn-tamr, adj. equally alert. jafn-tefli, n. an equal, drawn game, Vígl. 32. jafn-tengdr, part. in equal degrees of affinity, Grág. ii. 183. jafn-tíðhjalat, n. part. as much talked about, Nj. 100. jafn-tíðrætt, n. adj. = jafntíðhjalat, Nj. 100. jafn-tíguliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally lordly, Fms. x. 109. jafn-títt, n. adj. as often, as frequent, Niðrst. 10. jafn-torogætr, adj. as rarely to be got, choice, Bs. i. 143. jafn-torsótligr, adj. as hard to get at, Fms. x. 358. jafn-trauðr, adj. as unwilling. jafn-traustr, adj. as much to be trusted, Fms. vi. 244. jafn-trúr, jafn-tryggr, adj. as faithful. jafn-undarligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as strange, Sks. 80. jafn-ungr, adj. as young, Fms. iii. 60, iv. 383. jafn-úbeint, n. adj. as far from the mark, of a bad shot, Fms. viii. 140. jafn-úfærr, adj. as unpassable, Sturl. iii. 163. jafn-úhefnisamr, adj. as tame, Rb. 366. jafn-úráðinn, part. as irresolute, Grett. 153. jafn-úspakr, adj. as unruly, Sturl. ii. 63. jafn-útlagr, adj. having to lay out the same fine, N. G. L. i. 158. jafn-vandhæfr, adj. as dangerous to keep, treat, Grág. i. 89. jafn-vandliga, adv. as carefully, Grág. ii. 249. jafn-varliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as warily, Fms. vii. 127. jafn-varmr, adj. as warm, Sks. 217. jafn-varr, adj. as well aware, as much on one’s guard, Dropl. 28. jafn-vaskliga, adv. as gallantly, Fms. vii. 127, Ld. 272. jafn-vaskligr, adj. as gallant. jafn-vaskr, adj. as bold, Str. 3. jafn-vátr, adj. equally wet. jafn-veginn, part. of full weight, Stj. 216. jafn-vegit, n. a law phrase, used when an equal number has been slain on both sides, in which case there were no further proceedings, Glúm. 383, Fas. ii. 208. jafn-vel, adv. as well, equally well, Nj. 48, Eg. 111, Gþl. 354: likewise, hafa fyrirgört fé ok friði ok jafnvel óðals-jörðum sínum, 142; en þenna eið skulu jafnvel biskupar ábyrgjask við Guð …, jafnvel sem ( as well as) hinir úlærðu, 57; jafnvel af sænum sem af landinu, Al. 2; ok jamvel sendir jarl þeim mönnum orð, sem …, Fms. xi. 120: even, dögföll um nætr jafnvel at heiðskírum veðrum, Stj. 17; jafnvel eptir þat er þau misgörðu, 40; jafnvel sýniliga, j. oss önduðum, 9, Bs. i. 549, Barl. 170, 176, Gísl. 83; this last sense is very freq. in mod. usage. jafn-velviljaðr, part. as well wishing, Sks. 312. jafn-vesall, adj. as wretched, Krók. 54. jafn-virði, n. equal wirth, Bs. i. 9, Al. 48. jafn-vægi, n. equal weight, equilibrium, Hkr. ii. 250, Fas. i. 121; bóandi ok húsfreyja j. sitt, i. e. both of them equally, N. G. L. i. 6. jafn-vægja, ð, to weigh the same as another, Fms. iii. 120. jafn-vægr, adj. of equal weight, Sks. 644. jafn-vænn, adj. equally fine, handsome, promising, Fms. x. 429, Sturl. iii. 67. jafn-vætta, t, to weigh against, counterbalance, Stj. 13, Þorst. Síðu H. 14. jafn-yrða, ð, with dat. to altercate, bandy words, Sturl. iii. 213. jafn-þarfr, adj. as useful, Arnor. jafn-þéttr, adj. pressed as closely together. jafn-þjófgefinn, adj. as thievish. jafn-þolinmóðr, adj. as patient, Rb. 366. jafn-þolinn, adj. as enduring. jafn-þreyttr, part. as weary. jafn-þrifinn, adj. as cleanly. jafn-þröngr, adj. as tight. jafn-þungr, adj. as heavy, pressing, Fms. v. 264, Stj. 278. jafn-þurr, adj. equally dry. jafn-þykkr, adj. as thick, Hkr. iii. 159. jafn-þyrstr, part. as thirsty. jafn-æfr, adj. as impetuous. jafn-æstr, part. equally excited, Band. 34 new Ed. jafn-örr, adj. as eager, as liberal. jafn-öruggr, adj. as firm, steadfast.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > JAFN

  • 16 अग्निः _agniḥ

    अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.']
    1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c.
    -2 The God of fire.
    -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232.
    -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid.
    -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते).
    -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्).
    -7 Gold.
    -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26.
    -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida.
    -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ
    -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1.
    -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28.
    -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.
    [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three- fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics: धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and + produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers.
    Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons - Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव].
    -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire- sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14.
    -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket,
    -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्.
    -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति.
    -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (
    -यम्) =
    ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि.
    -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved).
    -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18.
    -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c.
    -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis.
    -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice.
    -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā.
    -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary.
    -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark.
    -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.]
    1 cauterization.
    -2 action of fire.
    -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25.
    -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।).
    -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्]
    1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्.
    -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु)
    -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw.
    -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel.
    -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय.
    -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs.
    -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू]
    -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव]
    1 smoke.
    -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma.
    -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥
    -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.]
    1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies.
    -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284.
    -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations.
    -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (
    --र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य]
    1 N. of the plant Agnijāra.
    -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7.
    -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire.
    (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.)
    -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती)
    -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी]
    -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c.
    -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power.
    -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11.
    -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132.
    -2 (
    -यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation.
    -3 a heap of fire
    -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्.
    -चूडः A bird having a red tuft.
    -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93.
    -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire.
    (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति).
    1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (
    -जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्.
    -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4.
    -जिह्व a.
    1 having a fiery tongue.
    -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (
    -ह्वा)
    1 a tongue or flame of fire.
    -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः
    -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी)
    -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire.
    -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी).
    -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire.
    -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते]
    1 practising very aus- tere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires.
    -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire
    -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (
    -स् n.) the lustre of fire. (
    -स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara.
    -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि.
    - a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.]
    1 giving or supplying with fire
    -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion.
    -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45.
    -दग्ध a.
    1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P.
    -2 burnt with fire.
    -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire.
    -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी]
    -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि.
    -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic.
    -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (
    -प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion.
    -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion.
    -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13.
    -दूषितः a. branded.
    -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni.
    -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका).
    -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95.
    -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3.
    -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55.
    -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्.
    -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार.
    -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general.
    -पदम् 1 the word Agni.
    -2 fire-place.
    -3 N. of a plant.
    -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67.
    -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4.
    -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen.
    -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire.
    -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43.
    -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire.
    -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c.
    -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual.
    -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8.
    -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire.
    -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband.
    -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26.
    -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire.
    -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्]
    1 smoke.
    -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P.
    -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः)
    -2 N. of the letter र्.
    -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.]
    1 'shining like fire,' gold.
    -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका.
    -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः]
    1 water.
    -2 gold.
    -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire.
    (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya.
    -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni.
    -3 (arith.) six.
    -भूति a. produced from fire. (
    -तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (
    -तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire.
    -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11.
    -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone.
    -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः]
    1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick.
    -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself.
    -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (
    -न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते),
    -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia.
    -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya.
    -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name.
    -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (
    -खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य]
    1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.)
    -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज)
    -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः).
    -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्)
    -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त
    -6 'fire- mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (
    -खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्]
    1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला).
    -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल).
    -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा].
    -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire.
    -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17.
    -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता.
    -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43.
    -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up.
    -रक्षणम् 1 con- secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र.
    -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c.
    -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ.
    -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः]
    1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप.
    -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni.
    -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7
    -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa.
    -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile.
    -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः).
    -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire.
    -रूपम् the nature of fire.
    -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold.
    -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit.
    -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥
    -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni
    -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas.
    -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91.
    (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana.
    -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (
    -र्णा) a strong liquor.
    -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic.
    (-कः) 1 a tonic.
    -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार).
    -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्]
    1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta.
    -2 the resinous juice of it.
    -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment.
    -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा]
    1 smoke.
    -2 a goat.
    -वाहनम् a goat (छाग).
    -विद् m.
    1 one who knows the mystery about Agni.
    -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v.
    -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire.
    -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation.
    -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि.
    -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348.
    -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni.
    -2 gold.
    -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra- māditya).
    -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक).
    -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti.
    -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh.
    -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj- ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8.
    -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3.
    -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage.
    -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām.
    (-खः) 1 a lamp.
    -2 a rocket, fiery arrow.
    -3 an arrow in general.
    -4 safflower plant.
    -5 saffron.
    -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष.
    (-खम्) 1 saffron.
    -2 gold.
    (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb.
    -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni- spermum Cordifolium.
    -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire.
    -शेखर a. fire-crested. (
    -रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (
    -रम्) gold,
    -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252.
    -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni
    -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c.
    -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16.
    -2 a fire-pan.
    -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3.
    -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः
    -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire.
    -2 hallowing or con- secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56.
    -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind.
    -2 the wild pigeon (smoke- coloured).
    -3 smoke.
    -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or pro- duced from fire.
    (-वः) 1 wild safflower.
    -2 lymph, result of digestion. (
    -वम्) gold.
    -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48.
    -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (
    -रः -रम्) power or essence of fire.
    -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93.
    -सूत्रम् a thread of fire.
    -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture.
    -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67.
    -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni.
    -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation.
    -3 N. of a medicine so used.
    -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a por- tion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74.
    -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्]
    1 = अग्निष्टोम.
    -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu.
    -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र]
    1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम.
    -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt.
    -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu.
    -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclu- sion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice.
    -सावर्णिः Name of Manu.
    -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire.
    -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descen- dants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः).
    -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8.
    -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.]
    1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.).
    -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (
    -त्र) a. Ved.
    1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra.
    -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र.
    -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि]
    1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire.
    -2 one who has prepared the sacrifi- cial place.
    -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अग्निः _agniḥ

  • 17 Magnus

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Magnus

  • 18 magnus

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > magnus

  • 19 majores

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > majores

  • 20 maxume

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > maxume

См. также в других словарях:

  • Man of Flowers — Directed by Paul Cox Produced by Jane Ballantyne …   Wikipedia

  • Dead Man's Folly —   …   Wikipedia

  • Man of a Thousand Faces — Theatrical release poster Directed by Joseph Pevney Produced by Robert Arthur …   Wikipedia

  • Man-Proof — Promotional poster Directed by Richard Thorpe Produced by …   Wikipedia

  • Man of Many Faces — 20面相におねがい!! (Nijū Mensō ni Onegai!!) Genre Comedy, Crime, Romance, Kaitō Manga Written by …   Wikipedia

  • Man in the Mirror: The Michael Jackson Story — Written by Claudia Salter Directed by Allan Moyle …   Wikipedia

  • Man Push Cart — Directed by Ramin Bahrani Produced by Ramin Bahrani …   Wikipedia

  • Man of the World (film) — Man of the World Directed by Richard Wallace Written by Herman J. Mankiewicz Starring William Powell Carole Lombard Wynne Gibson …   Wikipedia

  • Man-Thing — For the film, see Man Thing (film). Man Thing Man Thing #1 (Jan. 1974). Cover art by Frank Brunner. Publication information …   Wikipedia

  • Young, Brigham — born June 1, 1801, Whitingham, Vt., U.S. died Aug. 29, 1877, Salt Lake City, Utah U.S. religious leader, second president of the Mormon church. He settled in Mendon, N.Y., in 1829 and was baptized into Joseph Smith s Church of Jesus Christ of… …   Universalium

  • Man in the Iron Mask — This article is about an aspect of French history. For other uses, see Man in the Iron Mask (disambiguation). L Homme au Masque de Fer (The Man in the Iron Mask). Anonymous print (etching and mezzotint, hand colored) from 1789. According to the… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»